intl/: Add gettext orphans.
popt/intl/: Add gettext orphans.
beecrypt: Add beecrypt repository.
rpmio/tdigest.c: Add beecrypt digest checks.
CVS patchset: 5077
CVS date: 2001/09/24 21:53:14
--I. -I./build -I./lib -I./rpmdb -I./rpmio -I./popt -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -D_GNU_SOURCE
+-I. -I./build -I./lib -I./rpmdb -I./rpmio -I./popt -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_REENTRANT
#+partial
#+forcehints
+checks # lclint level
# --- lclint-3.0.0.15 is pickier than lclint-2.5r
-#-formatconst
+-usedef # 296 occurences in 3.0.0.15
+#-formatconst # new in 3.0.0.15
+#-unsignedcompare # new in 3.0.0.15
+#-multithreaded # new in 3.0.0.15
+#-bufferoverflowhigh # new in 3.0.0.15
+#-superuser # new in 3.0.0.15
+#-portability # new in 3.0.0.15
#-compdef
#-nullstate
--usedef # 296 occurences wtfo?
-#-unsignedcompare
#-compmempass
-#-multithreaded
-#-nullderef # 6 occurences in getdate.y
+#-nullderef
#-nullpass
#-unrecog
-#-portability
-#-readonlytrans # 128 occurences in getdate.y
+#-readonlytrans
#-noparams
--usereleased # 3 occurences wtfo?
+#-usereleased
#-firstcase
#-shadow
-#-bufferoverflowhigh
-#-superuser
#-retvalint
#-incondefs
#-nullptrarith
#-fcnuse
--fielduse # noisy in 3.0.0.15
+#-fielduse
#-varuse
#-exportlocal
#-exportheadervar
#+ifblock
#+noeffectuncon # 228 occurences
+topuse
-#+unusedspecial
++unusedspecial
+oldstyle
#+sys-dir-errors # 749
#controlnestdepth 15
-ansi-reserved # goofy
-infloopsuncon # goofy
--proto-param-match # 59 occurences
+-proto-param-match # 51 occurences
# don't-bother-me-yet parameters
-branchstate # painful
list = list->next;
}
- if (last) {
+ if (last)
index = last->index + 1;
- }
- tfe = xmalloc(sizeof(*tfe));
+ tfe = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*tfe));
tfe->fileName = (file) ? xstrdup(file) : NULL;
tfe->script = (script && *script != '\0') ? xstrdup(script) : NULL;
tfe->index = index;
tfe->next = NULL;
- if (last) {
+ if (last)
last->next = tfe;
- } else {
+ else
pkg->triggerFiles = tfe;
- }
return index;
}
closeSpec(spec);
- spec->BASpecs = xmalloc(spec->BACount * sizeof(Spec));
+ spec->BASpecs = xcalloc(spec->BACount, sizeof(Spec));
index = 0;
if (spec->BANames != NULL)
for (x = 0; x < spec->BACount; x++) {
#else
addMacro(NULL, "_target_cpu", NULL, spec->BANames[x], RMIL_RPMRC);
#endif
+ spec->BASpecs[index] = NULL;
if (parseSpec(&(spec->BASpecs[index]),
specFile, spec->rootURL, buildRootURL, 1,
passPhrase, cookie, anyarch, force))
Package p;
Package pp;
- p = xmalloc(sizeof(*p));
+ p = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*p));
p->header = headerNew();
p->icon = NULL;
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 win32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix win32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf win32 dos
+# CP950 win32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 win32
+# CP1251 glibc win32
+# CP1252 aix win32
+# CP1253 win32
+# CP1254 win32
+# CP1255 win32
+# CP1256 win32
+# CP1257 win32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5HKSCS glibc
+# GBK aix osf win32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc
+# SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd
+# JOHAB glibc win32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SJIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr - 1;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = domain->nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ result = ((char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ return "C";
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+ this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
+ warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) \
+ dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#ifndef WIN32
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return codeset;
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+ by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
+
+#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define EQUOP2 257
+#define CMPOP2 258
+#define ADDOP2 259
+#define MULOP2 260
+#define NUMBER 261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define YYFINAL 27
+#define YYFLAG -32768
+#define YYNTBASE 16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
+ 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+ 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
+ 37, 39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
+ 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
+ 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
+ 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
+ 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
+ 15, 0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+ 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
+ 221, 226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+ 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+ 17, 17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+ 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
+ 1, 3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+ 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
+ 5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = { -9,
+ -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
+ -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+ -1
+};
+
+
+#define YYLAST 53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = { 6,
+ 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
+ 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
+ 13, 14, 27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
+ 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+ when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C. */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+ since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+ instead, just don't use alloca. */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+ So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+/* #include <malloc.h> */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+ and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+ It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+ as one case of the switch. */
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+ This remains here temporarily to ease the
+ transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+ /* lookahead symbol */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+ /* symbol */
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+#endif /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+ from coexisting. */
+#endif
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
+
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+ (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+\f
+/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+ should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+ definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+ of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+ char *to;
+ char *from;
+ unsigned int count;
+{
+ register char *f = from;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+ register char *t = to;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+\f
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+ It should actually point to an object.
+ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ register short *yyssp;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
+
+ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+ int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+ int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+ int yychar;
+ YYSTYPE yylval;
+ int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+ /* semantic values from the action */
+ /* routines */
+
+ int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+yynewstate:
+
+ *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+ the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#else
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+ {
+ yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+ yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+ yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+ yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+ goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+ or a valid token in external form. */
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
+ {
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+ of a token, for further debugging info. */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+ fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ yyn += yychar1;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+ Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+ New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+ just return success.
+ 0, or most negative number => error. */
+
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state. */
+yydefault:
+
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+yyreduce:
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+ if (yylen > 0)
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+ fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+}
+ /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+\f
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp++;
+ if (yylen == 0)
+ {
+ yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+ yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+ yylsp->text = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+ Determine what state that goes to,
+ based on the state we popped back to
+ and the rule number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
+
+ if (! yyerrstatus)
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ int size = 0;
+ char *msg;
+ int x, count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+ msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+ if (msg != 0)
+ {
+ strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+ if (count < 5)
+ {
+ count = 0;
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ {
+ strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+ strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+ strcat(msg, "'");
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror(msg);
+ free(msg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror("parse error");
+ }
+
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+ after shifting the error token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+ if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+ /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+ /* YYABORT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
return result;
}
-/*@-typeuse@*/
-typedef int (*dbrecMatch_t) (Header h, const char *reqName, const char * reqEVR, int reqFlags);
-/*@=typeuse@*/
-
static int rangeMatchesDepFlags (Header h,
const char * reqName, const char * reqEVR, int reqFlags)
/*@*/
const char * keyType, const char * fileName)
/*@*/
{
- int i, found;
+ int i, found = 0;
const char * dirName;
const char * baseName;
struct dirInfo_s dirNeedle;
dirInfo dirMatch;
- struct availablePackage ** ret;
+ struct availablePackage ** ret = NULL;
/* Solaris 2.6 bsearch sucks down on this. */
if (al->numDirs == 0 || al->dirs == NULL || al->list == NULL)
dirNeedle.dirNameLen = strlen(dirName);
dirMatch = bsearch(&dirNeedle, al->dirs, al->numDirs,
sizeof(dirNeedle), dirInfoCompare);
- if (dirMatch == NULL) {
- dirName = _free(dirName);
- return NULL;
- }
+ if (dirMatch == NULL)
+ goto exit;
/* rewind to the first match */
while (dirMatch > al->dirs && dirInfoCompare(dirMatch-1, &dirNeedle) == 0)
dirMatch--;
- /*@-nullptrarith@*/ /* FIX: fileName NULL ??? */
- baseName = strrchr(fileName, '/') + 1;
- /*@=nullptrarith@*/
+ if ((baseName = strrchr(fileName, '/')) == NULL)
+ goto exit;
+ baseName++;
for (found = 0, ret = NULL;
dirMatch <= al->dirs + al->numDirs &&
}
}
+exit:
dirName = _free(dirName);
/*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: al->list might be modified. */
if (ret)
* the new package. This would be easier if we could sort the
* addedPackages array, but we store indexes into it in various places.
*/
- orderList = xmalloc(npkgs * sizeof(*orderList));
+ orderList = xcalloc(npkgs, sizeof(*orderList));
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < ts->orderCount; i++) {
if (ts->order[i].type == TR_ADDED) {
orderList[j].alIndex = ts->order[i].u.addedIndex;
qsort(orderList, npkgs, sizeof(*orderList), orderListIndexCmp);
- newOrder = xmalloc(ts->orderCount * sizeof(*newOrder));
+ newOrder = xcalloc(ts->orderCount, sizeof(*newOrder));
for (i = 0, newOrderCount = 0; i < orderingCount; i++) {
struct orderListIndex * needle, key;
/** \ingroup rpmdep
* Dependncy ordering information.
*/
+/*@-fielduse@*/ /* LCL: confused by union? */
struct tsortInfo {
union {
int count;
int tsi_reqx;
int tsi_qcnt;
} ;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
/** \ingroup rpmdep
* Info about a single package to be installed.
/** \ingroup rpmdep
* A single package instance to be installed/removed atomically.
*/
+/*@-fielduse@*/ /* LCL: confused by union? */
struct transactionElement {
enum rpmTransactionType {
TR_ADDED, /*!< Package will be installed. */
} removed;
} u;
} ;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
/** \ingroup rpmdep
* The set of packages to be installed/removed atomically.
if (fsm) {
int nb;
char * t;
- /*@-nullpass@*/ /* LCL: subdir/suffix != NULL */
nb = strlen(fsm->dirName) +
- (st && subdir && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? strlen(subdir) : 0) +
- (st && suffix && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? strlen(suffix) : 0) +
+ (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? (subdir ? strlen(subdir) : 0) : 0) +
+ (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? (suffix ? strlen(suffix) : 0) : 0) +
strlen(fsm->baseName) + 1;
s = t = xmalloc(nb);
t = stpcpy(t, fsm->dirName);
- if (st && subdir && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
- t = stpcpy(t, subdir);
+ if (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
+ if (subdir) t = stpcpy(t, subdir);
t = stpcpy(t, fsm->baseName);
- if (st && suffix && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
- t = stpcpy(t, suffix);
- /*@=nullpass@*/
+ if (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
+ if (suffix) t = stpcpy(t, suffix);
}
return s;
}
* @param fsm file state machine data
* @return Is chain only partially filled?
*/
-/*@-compmempass@*/
static int saveHardLink(/*@special@*/ /*@partial@*/ FSM_t fsm)
/*@uses fsm->links, fsm->ix, fsm->sb, fsm->goal, fsm->nsuffix @*/
/*@defines fsm->li @*/
return rc;
/*@=nullstate@*/
}
-/*@=compmempass@*/
/** \ingroup payload
* Destroy set of hard links.
* @param fsm file state machine data
* @return 0 on success
*/
-/*@-compdef@*/
static int fsmRmdirs(/*@special@*/ FSM_t fsm)
/*@uses fsm->path, fsm->dnlx, fsm->ldn, fsm->rdbuf, fsm->iter @*/
/*@modifies fsm, fileSystem @*/
if (rc)
/*@innerbreak@*/ break;
te--;
- } while ((te - dn) > fsm->dnlx[dc]);
+ } while ((te - fsm->path) > fsm->dnlx[dc]);
}
dnli = dnlFreeIterator(dnli);
/*@=observertrans =dependenttrans@*/
fsm->path = path;
return rc;
}
-/*@=compdef@*/
/**
* Create (if necessary) directories not explicitly included in package.
fsm->postpone = XFA_SKIPPING(fsm->action);
if (fsm->goal == FSM_PKGINSTALL || fsm->goal == FSM_PKGBUILD) {
- /*@-evalorder@*/
+ /*@-evalorder@*/ /* FIX: saveHardLink can modify fsm */
if (!S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) && st->st_nlink > 1)
fsm->postpone = saveHardLink(fsm);
/*@=evalorder@*/
*/
struct timeb {
time_t time; /* Seconds since the epoch */
- unsigned short millitm; /* Field not used */
+/*@unused@*/ unsigned short millitm; /* Field not used */
short timezone; /* Minutes west of GMT */
- short dstflag; /* Field not used */
+/*@unused@*/ short dstflag; /* Field not used */
};
#endif /* defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H) */
extern struct tm *localtime();
#endif
+/*@-exportheader@*/
extern time_t get_date(char * p, struct timeb * now);
+/*@=exportheader@*/
#define yyparse getdate_yyparse
#define yylex getdate_yylex
static time_t yyRelMonth;
static time_t yyRelSeconds;
-#line 184 "./getdate.y"
+#line 186 "./getdate.y"
typedef union {
time_t Number;
enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
} YYSTYPE;
-#line 203 "getdate.c"
+#line 205 "getdate.c"
#define YYERRCODE 256
#define tAGO 257
#define tDAY 258
static short *yysslim;
static YYSTYPE *yyvs;
static int yystacksize;
-#line 403 "./getdate.y"
+#line 405 "./getdate.y"
/* Month and day table. */
static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-yyerror(const char * s)
+yyerror(/*@unused@*/ const char * s)
{
return 0;
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
#endif /* defined(TEST) */
-#line 1050 "getdate.c"
+#line 1052 "getdate.c"
/* allocate initial stack or double stack size, up to YYMAXDEPTH */
static int yygrowstack()
{
switch (yyn)
{
case 3:
-#line 202 "./getdate.y"
+#line 204 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHaveTime++;
}
break;
case 4:
-#line 205 "./getdate.y"
+#line 207 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHaveZone++;
}
break;
case 5:
-#line 208 "./getdate.y"
+#line 210 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHaveDate++;
}
break;
case 6:
-#line 211 "./getdate.y"
+#line 213 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHaveDay++;
}
break;
case 7:
-#line 214 "./getdate.y"
+#line 216 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHaveRel++;
}
break;
case 9:
-#line 220 "./getdate.y"
+#line 222 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHour = yyvsp[-1].Number;
yyMinutes = 0;
}
break;
case 10:
-#line 226 "./getdate.y"
+#line 228 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHour = yyvsp[-3].Number;
yyMinutes = yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 11:
-#line 232 "./getdate.y"
+#line 234 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHour = yyvsp[-3].Number;
yyMinutes = yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 12:
-#line 239 "./getdate.y"
+#line 241 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHour = yyvsp[-5].Number;
yyMinutes = yyvsp[-3].Number;
}
break;
case 13:
-#line 245 "./getdate.y"
+#line 247 "./getdate.y"
{
yyHour = yyvsp[-5].Number;
yyMinutes = yyvsp[-3].Number;
}
break;
case 14:
-#line 255 "./getdate.y"
+#line 257 "./getdate.y"
{
yyTimezone = yyvsp[0].Number;
yyDSTmode = DSToff;
}
break;
case 15:
-#line 259 "./getdate.y"
+#line 261 "./getdate.y"
{
yyTimezone = yyvsp[0].Number;
yyDSTmode = DSTon;
}
break;
case 16:
-#line 264 "./getdate.y"
+#line 266 "./getdate.y"
{
yyTimezone = yyvsp[-1].Number;
yyDSTmode = DSTon;
}
break;
case 17:
-#line 270 "./getdate.y"
+#line 272 "./getdate.y"
{
yyDayOrdinal = 1;
yyDayNumber = yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 18:
-#line 274 "./getdate.y"
+#line 276 "./getdate.y"
{
yyDayOrdinal = 1;
yyDayNumber = yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 19:
-#line 278 "./getdate.y"
+#line 280 "./getdate.y"
{
yyDayOrdinal = yyvsp[-1].Number;
yyDayNumber = yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 20:
-#line 284 "./getdate.y"
+#line 286 "./getdate.y"
{
yyMonth = yyvsp[-2].Number;
yyDay = yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 21:
-#line 288 "./getdate.y"
+#line 290 "./getdate.y"
{
if (yyvsp[-4].Number >= 100) {
yyYear = yyvsp[-4].Number;
}
break;
case 22:
-#line 299 "./getdate.y"
+#line 301 "./getdate.y"
{
/* ISO 8601 format. yyyy-mm-dd. */
yyYear = yyvsp[-2].Number;
}
break;
case 23:
-#line 305 "./getdate.y"
+#line 307 "./getdate.y"
{
/* e.g. 17-JUN-1992. */
yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
}
break;
case 24:
-#line 311 "./getdate.y"
+#line 313 "./getdate.y"
{
yyMonth = yyvsp[-1].Number;
yyDay = yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 25:
-#line 315 "./getdate.y"
+#line 317 "./getdate.y"
{
yyMonth = yyvsp[-3].Number;
yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
}
break;
case 26:
-#line 320 "./getdate.y"
+#line 322 "./getdate.y"
{
yyMonth = yyvsp[0].Number;
yyDay = yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 27:
-#line 324 "./getdate.y"
+#line 326 "./getdate.y"
{
yyMonth = yyvsp[-1].Number;
yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
}
break;
case 28:
-#line 331 "./getdate.y"
+#line 333 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
}
break;
case 30:
-#line 338 "./getdate.y"
+#line 340 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
}
break;
case 31:
-#line 341 "./getdate.y"
+#line 343 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
}
break;
case 32:
-#line 344 "./getdate.y"
+#line 346 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
}
break;
case 33:
-#line 347 "./getdate.y"
+#line 349 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 34:
-#line 350 "./getdate.y"
+#line 352 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number;
}
break;
case 35:
-#line 353 "./getdate.y"
+#line 355 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelSeconds++;
}
break;
case 36:
-#line 356 "./getdate.y"
+#line 358 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelMonth += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 37:
-#line 359 "./getdate.y"
+#line 361 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelMonth += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 38:
-#line 362 "./getdate.y"
+#line 364 "./getdate.y"
{
yyRelMonth += yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 39:
-#line 367 "./getdate.y"
+#line 369 "./getdate.y"
{
if (yyHaveTime && yyHaveDate && !yyHaveRel)
yyYear = yyvsp[0].Number;
}
break;
case 40:
-#line 394 "./getdate.y"
+#line 396 "./getdate.y"
{
yyval.Meridian = MER24;
}
break;
case 41:
-#line 397 "./getdate.y"
+#line 399 "./getdate.y"
{
yyval.Meridian = yyvsp[0].Meridian;
}
break;
-#line 1535 "getdate.c"
+#line 1537 "getdate.c"
}
yyssp -= yym;
yystate = *yyssp;
*/
struct timeb {
time_t time; /* Seconds since the epoch */
- unsigned short millitm; /* Field not used */
+/*@unused@*/ unsigned short millitm; /* Field not used */
short timezone; /* Minutes west of GMT */
- short dstflag; /* Field not used */
+/*@unused@*/ short dstflag; /* Field not used */
};
#endif /* defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H) */
extern struct tm *localtime();
#endif
+/*@-exportheader@*/
extern time_t get_date(char * p, struct timeb * now);
+/*@=exportheader@*/
#define yyparse getdate_yyparse
#define yylex getdate_yylex
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
-yyerror(const char * s)
+yyerror(/*@unused@*/ const char * s)
{
return 0;
}
* @return NULL always
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
{
if (p != NULL) free((void *)p);
return NULL;
return entry;
last = h->index + h->indexUsed;
+ /*@-usereleased@*/ /* FIX: entry2 = entry. Code looks bogus as well. */
while (entry2->info.tag == tag && entry2->info.type != type &&
entry2 < last) entry2++;
+ /*@=usereleased@*/
if (entry->info.tag == tag && entry->info.type == type)
return entry;
* Define header tag output formats.
*/
typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct headerSprintfExtension_s * headerSprintfExtension;
+/*@-fielduse@*/ /* LCL: confused by union? */
struct headerSprintfExtension_s {
enum headerSprintfExtenstionType type; /*!< Type of extension. */
/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * name; /*!< Name of extension. */
struct headerSprintfExtension_s * more; /*!< Chained table extension. */
} u;
};
+/*@=fielduse@*/
/** \ingroup header
* Supported default header tag output formats.
/** \ingroup header
*/
-/*@-fielduse@*/
typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct sprintfToken * sprintfToken;
+/*@-fielduse@*/
struct sprintfToken {
enum {
PTOK_NONE = 0,
#include "system.h"
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
#include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
#include <rpmlib.h>
/*@access Header@*/ /* XXX compared with NULL */
-/*@-mods@*/
void headerMergeLegacySigs(Header h, const Header sig)
{
HFD_t hfd = (HFD_t) headerFreeData;
int_32 tag, type, count;
const void * ptr;
+ /*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: undocumented modification of sig */
for (hi = headerInitIterator(sig);
+ /*@=mods@*/
headerNextIterator(hi, &tag, &type, &ptr, &count);
ptr = hfd(ptr, type))
{
int_32 tag, stag, type, count;
const void * ptr;
+ /*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: undocumented modification of h */
for (hi = headerInitIterator(h);
+ /*@=mods@*/
headerNextIterator(hi, &tag, &type, &ptr, &count);
ptr = hfd(ptr, type))
{
hi = headerFreeIterator(hi);
return sig;
}
-/*@=mods@*/
/**
* Retrieve package components from file handle.
}
if (isSource) *isSource = lead.type == RPMLEAD_SOURCE;
- /*@-mods@*/
+ /*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: undocumented modification */
if (major) *major = lead.major;
if (minor) *minor = lead.minor;
/*@=mods@*/
#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || defined(__LCLINT__)
/*@-shadow -bufferoverflowhigh @*/
-static inline int vsnprintf(char * buf, /*@unused@*/ int nb,
+static inline int vsnprintf(/*@out@*/ char * buf, /*@unused@*/ int nb,
const char * fmt, va_list ap)
{
return vsprintf(buf, fmt, ap);
/*@=shadow =bufferoverflowhigh @*/
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) || defined(__LCLINT__)
-static inline int snprintf(char * buf, int nb, const char * fmt, ...)
+static inline int snprintf(/*@out@*/ char * buf, int nb, const char * fmt, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int rc;
fi->h = headerFree(fi->h);
- /*@-nullstate@*/
+ /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: fi->{name,version,release,actions,...,h} NULL */
return;
/*@=nullstate@*/
}
switch (type) {
case RPM_CHAR_TYPE:
case RPM_INT8_TYPE:
- newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_8));
+ newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_8));
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
((int_8 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_8 *) data)[j];
free (newdata);
break;
case RPM_INT16_TYPE:
- newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_16));
+ newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_16));
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
((int_16 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_16 *) data)[j];
free (newdata);
break;
case RPM_INT32_TYPE:
- newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_32));
+ newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_32));
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
((int_32 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_32 *) data)[j];
free (newdata);
break;
case RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE:
- newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(char *));
+ newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(char *));
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
((char **) newdata)[k++] = ((char **) data)[j];
for (i = 0; i < dirNamesCount; i++)
dirNames[i] = ((char **) data)[i];
dirCount = dirNamesCount;
- newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_32));
+ newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_32));
for (i = 0, k = 0; i < count; i++) {
if (actions[i] == FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
continue;
if (tempKey) {
if (res3 == RPMSIG_NOKEY) {
strcat(missingKeys, " PGP#");
- /*@-compdef@*/
strncat(missingKeys, tempKey + offset, 8);
- /*@=compdef@*/
} else {
strcat(untrustedKeys, " PGP#");
- /*@-compdef@*/
strncat(untrustedKeys, tempKey + offset, 8);
- /*@=compdef@*/
}
}
} break;
strcat(missingKeys, " GPG#");
tempKey = strstr(result, "key ID");
if (tempKey)
- /*@-compdef@*/
strncat(missingKeys, tempKey+7, 8);
- /*@=compdef@*/
break;
default:
strcat(buffer, "GPG ");
/**
* A rollback transaction id element.
*/
+/*@-fielduse@*/
typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct IDT_s {
unsigned int instance; /*!< installed package transaction id. */
/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * key; /*! removed package file name. */
int_32 i32; /*!< install/remove transaction id */
} val;
} * IDT;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
/**
* A rollback transaction id index.
fprintf(stdout, _("Installing %s\n"), arg);
{
- /*@-mayaliasunique@*/
rpmRC rpmrc = rpmInstallSourcePackage(rootdir, fd, specFile, NULL, NULL,
cookie);
- /*@=mayaliasunique@*/
rc = (rpmrc == RPMRC_OK ? 0 : 1);
}
if (rc != 0) {
# include <machine/types.h>
#endif
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
#include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
#include <rpmlib.h>
* @return NULL always
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p)
/*@modifies p @*/
{
if (p != NULL) free((void *)p);
const char * tshort_name;
int tnum;
+#ifdef DYING
if (! *tableLen) {
*tableLen = 2;
*table = xmalloc(2 * sizeof(struct canonEntry_s));
- } else {
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
(*tableLen) += 2;
/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/
*table = xrealloc(*table, sizeof(struct canonEntry_s) * (*tableLen));
{
defaultEntry t;
+#ifdef DYING
if (! *tableLen) {
*tableLen = 1;
*table = xmalloc(sizeof(struct defaultEntry_s));
- } else {
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
(*tableLen)++;
/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/
*table = xrealloc(*table, sizeof(struct defaultEntry_s) * (*tableLen));
break;
}
- if (rc == 0 && headerp)
- /*@-nullderef@*/
+ if (headerp && rc == 0)
*headerp = h;
- /*@=nullderef@*/
- else if (h)
+ else
h = headerFree(h);
return rc;
* @return NULL always
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
{
if (p != NULL) free((void *)p);
return NULL;
sb->tail = sb->buf + (sb->allocated - sb->free);
}
- /*@-mayaliasunique@*/
+ /*@-mayaliasunique@*/ /* FIX: shrug */
strcpy(sb->tail, s);
/*@=mayaliasunique@*/
sb->tail += l;
{
rpmProblemSet probs;
- probs = xmalloc(sizeof(*probs)); /* XXX memory leak */
+ probs = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*probs)); /* XXX memory leak */
probs->numProblems = probs->numProblemsAlloced = 0;
probs->probs = NULL;
const struct availablePackage * alp,
const char * dn, const char *bn,
Header altH, unsigned long ulong1)
- /*@modifies probs, alp @*/
+ /*@modifies *probs, alp @*/
{
rpmProblem p;
char *t;
probs->numProblemsAlloced * sizeof(*probs->probs));
}
- p = probs->probs + probs->numProblems++;
+ p = probs->probs + probs->numProblems;
+ probs->numProblems++;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
p->type = type;
/*@-assignexpose@*/
p->key = alp->key;
/*@=assignexpose@*/
p->ulong1 = ulong1;
p->ignoreProblem = 0;
+ p->str1 = NULL;
+ p->h = NULL;
+ p->pkgNEVR = NULL;
+ p->altNEVR = NULL;
if (dn || bn) {
p->str1 =
- t = xmalloc((dn ? strlen(dn) : 0) + (bn ? strlen(bn) : 0) + 1);
+ t = xcalloc(1, (dn ? strlen(dn) : 0) + (bn ? strlen(bn) : 0) + 1);
if (dn) t = stpcpy(t, dn);
if (bn) t = stpcpy(t, bn);
- } else
- p->str1 = NULL;
+ }
if (alp) {
p->h = headerLink(alp->h);
p->pkgNEVR =
- t = xmalloc(strlen(alp->name) +
- strlen(alp->version) +
- strlen(alp->release) + sizeof("--"));
+ t = xcalloc(1, strlen(alp->name) +
+ strlen(alp->version) +
+ strlen(alp->release) + sizeof("--"));
t = stpcpy(t, alp->name);
t = stpcpy(t, "-");
t = stpcpy(t, alp->version);
t = stpcpy(t, "-");
t = stpcpy(t, alp->release);
- } else {
- p->h = NULL;
- p->pkgNEVR = NULL;
}
if (altH) {
const char * n, * v, * r;
(void) headerNVR(altH, &n, &v, &r);
p->altNEVR =
- t = xmalloc(strlen(n) + strlen(v) + strlen(r) + sizeof("--"));
+ t = xcalloc(1, strlen(n) + strlen(v) + strlen(r) + sizeof("--"));
t = stpcpy(t, n);
t = stpcpy(t, "-");
t = stpcpy(t, v);
t = stpcpy(t, "-");
t = stpcpy(t, r);
- } else
- p->altNEVR = NULL;
+ }
}
static int archOkay(Header h)
struct stat sb;
ts->di = _free(ts->di);
- dip = ts->di = xcalloc(sizeof(*ts->di), ts->filesystemCount + 1);
+ dip = ts->di = xcalloc((ts->filesystemCount + 1), sizeof(*ts->di));
for (i = 0; (i < ts->filesystemCount) && dip; i++) {
#if STATFS_IN_SYS_STATVFS
if (fi->fc == 0) continue;
/* Extract file info for all files in this package from the database. */
- matches = xcalloc(sizeof(*matches), fi->fc);
+ matches = xcalloc(fi->fc, sizeof(*matches));
if (rpmdbFindFpList(ts->rpmdb, fi->fps, matches, fi->fc))
return 1; /* XXX WTFO? */
numShared += dbiIndexSetCount(matches[i]);
/* Build sorted file info list for this package. */
- shared = sharedList = xmalloc((numShared + 1) * sizeof(*sharedList));
+ shared = sharedList = xcalloc((numShared + 1), sizeof(*sharedList));
for (i = 0; i < fi->fc; i++) {
/*
* Take care not to mark files as replaced in packages that will
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-09-21 11:01-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-09-22 09:07-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
msgid "exec failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1116 rpmqv.c:1103
+#: rpm.c:1116 rpmqv.c:1104
msgid "unexpected arguments to --querytags "
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1127 rpmqv.c:1112
+#: rpm.c:1127 rpmqv.c:1113
msgid "no packages given for signature check"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1138 rpmqv.c:1121
+#: rpm.c:1138 rpmqv.c:1122
msgid "no packages given for signing"
msgstr ""
msgid "no packages given for install"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1267 rpmqv.c:1066
+#: rpm.c:1267 rpmqv.c:1067
msgid "extra arguments given for query of all packages"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1272 rpmqv.c:1075
+#: rpm.c:1272 rpmqv.c:1076
msgid "no arguments given for query"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1289 rpmqv.c:1091
+#: rpm.c:1289 rpmqv.c:1092
msgid "extra arguments given for verify of all packages"
msgstr ""
-#: rpm.c:1293 rpmqv.c:1095
+#: rpm.c:1293 rpmqv.c:1096
msgid "no arguments given for verify"
msgstr ""
msgid "line %d: Error parsing %%description: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseDescription.c:54 build/parseFiles.c:50 build/parseScript.c:192
+#: build/parseDescription.c:54 build/parseFiles.c:50 build/parseScript.c:190
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: Bad option %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseDescription.c:67 build/parseFiles.c:62 build/parseScript.c:204
+#: build/parseDescription.c:67 build/parseFiles.c:62 build/parseScript.c:202
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: Too many names: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseDescription.c:77 build/parseFiles.c:71 build/parseScript.c:213
+#: build/parseDescription.c:77 build/parseFiles.c:71 build/parseScript.c:211
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: Package does not exist: %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "line %d: Version required: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseScript.c:158
+#: build/parseScript.c:156
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: triggers must have --: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseScript.c:168 build/parseScript.c:229
+#: build/parseScript.c:166 build/parseScript.c:227
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: Error parsing %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseScript.c:179
+#: build/parseScript.c:177
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: script program must begin with '/': %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseScript.c:221
+#: build/parseScript.c:219
#, c-format
msgid "line %d: Second %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "malformed %%include statement\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseSpec.c:508
+#: build/parseSpec.c:509
msgid "No compatible architectures found for build\n"
msgstr ""
-#: build/parseSpec.c:563
+#: build/parseSpec.c:564
#, c-format
msgid "Package has no %%description: %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid " %s A %s\tB %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1223 lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1218 lib/depends.c:1351
msgid "YES"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1223 lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1218 lib/depends.c:1351
msgid "NO "
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1021
+#: lib/depends.c:1015
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (added files)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1131
+#: lib/depends.c:1126
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (added provide)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1222
+#: lib/depends.c:1217
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s %-s (cached)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1251
+#: lib/depends.c:1246
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (rpmrc provides)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1268
+#: lib/depends.c:1263
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (rpmlib provides)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1292
+#: lib/depends.c:1287
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db files)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1305
+#: lib/depends.c:1300
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db provides)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1319
+#: lib/depends.c:1314
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db package)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1335
+#: lib/depends.c:1330
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %-45s NO\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:1351
#, c-format
msgid "%s: (%s, %s) added to Depends cache.\n"
msgstr ""
#. requirements are not satisfied.
-#: lib/depends.c:1428
+#: lib/depends.c:1423
#, c-format
msgid "package %s-%s-%s require not satisfied: %s\n"
msgstr ""
#. conflicts exist.
-#: lib/depends.c:1507
+#: lib/depends.c:1502
#, c-format
msgid "package %s conflicts: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:1753
+#: lib/depends.c:1748
#, c-format
msgid "removing %s-%s-%s \"%s\" from tsort relations.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Record all relations.
-#: lib/depends.c:1902
+#: lib/depends.c:1897
msgid "========== recording tsort relations\n"
msgstr ""
#. T4. Scan for zeroes.
-#: lib/depends.c:1960
+#: lib/depends.c:1955
msgid ""
"========== tsorting packages (order, #predecessors, #succesors, depth)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:2010
+#: lib/depends.c:2005
msgid "========== successors only (presentation order)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:2062
+#: lib/depends.c:2057
msgid "LOOP:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/depends.c:2091
+#: lib/depends.c:2086
msgid "========== continuing tsort ...\n"
msgstr ""
#: lib/formats.c:28 lib/formats.c:54 lib/formats.c:85 lib/formats.c:128
-#: lib/header.c:2621 lib/header.c:2642 lib/header.c:2664
+#: lib/header.c:2623 lib/header.c:2644 lib/header.c:2666
msgid "(not a number)"
msgstr ""
msgid "getting list of mounted filesystems\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fs.c:153 rpmio/url.c:477
+#: lib/fs.c:153 rpmio/url.c:475
#, c-format
msgid "failed to open %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "file %s is on an unknown device\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:290
+#: lib/fsm.c:288
msgid "========= Directories not explictly included in package:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:292
+#: lib/fsm.c:290
#, c-format
msgid "%9d %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1130
+#: lib/fsm.c:1124
#, c-format
msgid "%s directory created with perms %04o.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1407
+#: lib/fsm.c:1401
#, c-format
msgid "archive file %s was not found in header file list\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1526 lib/fsm.c:1651
+#: lib/fsm.c:1520 lib/fsm.c:1645
#, c-format
msgid "%s saved as %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1677
+#: lib/fsm.c:1671
#, c-format
msgid "%s rmdir of %s failed: Directory not empty\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1683
+#: lib/fsm.c:1677
#, c-format
msgid "%s rmdir of %s failed: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1693
+#: lib/fsm.c:1687
#, c-format
msgid "%s unlink of %s failed: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/fsm.c:1712
+#: lib/fsm.c:1706
#, c-format
msgid "%s created as %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1930
+#: lib/header.c:1932
#, c-format
msgid "missing { after %"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1960
+#: lib/header.c:1962
msgid "missing } after %{"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1974
+#: lib/header.c:1976
msgid "empty tag format"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1988
+#: lib/header.c:1990
msgid "empty tag name"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2005
+#: lib/header.c:2007
msgid "unknown tag"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2032
+#: lib/header.c:2034
msgid "] expected at end of array"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2050
+#: lib/header.c:2052
msgid "unexpected ]"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2054
+#: lib/header.c:2056
msgid "unexpected }"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2120
+#: lib/header.c:2122
msgid "? expected in expression"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2129
+#: lib/header.c:2131
msgid "{ expected after ? in expression"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2142 lib/header.c:2184
+#: lib/header.c:2144 lib/header.c:2186
msgid "} expected in expression"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2152
+#: lib/header.c:2154
msgid ": expected following ? subexpression"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2169
+#: lib/header.c:2171
msgid "{ expected after : in expression"
msgstr ""
#. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2194
+#: lib/header.c:2196
msgid "| expected at end of expression"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/header.c:2381
+#: lib/header.c:2383
msgid "(unknown type)"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#: lib/query.c:576 lib/query.c:610 lib/rpminstall.c:309 lib/rpminstall.c:453
-#: lib/rpminstall.c:826
+#: lib/rpminstall.c:824
#, c-format
msgid "open of %s failed: %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "%s: No signature available (v1.0 RPM)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:437
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:431
msgid "NOT OK"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:438 lib/rpmchecksig.c:452
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:432 lib/rpmchecksig.c:446
msgid " (MISSING KEYS:"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:440 lib/rpmchecksig.c:454
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:434 lib/rpmchecksig.c:448
msgid ") "
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:441 lib/rpmchecksig.c:455
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:435 lib/rpmchecksig.c:449
msgid " (UNTRUSTED KEYS:"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:443 lib/rpmchecksig.c:457
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:437 lib/rpmchecksig.c:451
msgid ")"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:451
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:445
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
msgid "file %s requires a newer version of RPM\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpminstall.c:445 lib/rpminstall.c:686
+#: lib/rpminstall.c:445 lib/rpminstall.c:684
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot be installed\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "Installing %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmlead.c:49
+#: lib/rpmlead.c:47
#, c-format
msgid "read failed: %s (%d)\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "missing architecture name at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:325
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:328
#, c-format
msgid "Incomplete data line at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:330
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:333
#, c-format
msgid "Too many args in data line at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:338
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:341
#, c-format
msgid "Bad arch/os number: %s (%s:%d)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:378
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:384
#, c-format
msgid "Incomplete default line at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:383
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:389
#, c-format
msgid "Too many args in default line at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:585
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:591
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot expand %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:590
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:596
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot read %s, HOME is too large.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:607
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:613
#, c-format
msgid "Unable to open %s for reading: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
#. XXX Feof(fd)
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:654
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:660
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read %s: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:691
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:697
#, c-format
msgid "missing ':' (found 0x%02x) at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:708 lib/rpmrc.c:782
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:714 lib/rpmrc.c:788
#, c-format
msgid "missing argument for %s at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:725 lib/rpmrc.c:747
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:731 lib/rpmrc.c:753
#, c-format
msgid "%s expansion failed at %s:%d \"%s\"\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:734
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:740
#, c-format
msgid "cannot open %s at %s:%d: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:774
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:780
#, c-format
msgid "missing architecture for %s at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:841
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:847
#, c-format
msgid "bad option '%s' at %s:%d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:1436
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:1442
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown system: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:1437
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:1443
msgid "Please contact rpm-list@redhat.com\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "Old (internal-only) signature! How did you get that!?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:230
+#: lib/signature.c:228
#, c-format
msgid "Signature: size(%d)+pad(%d)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:290
+#: lib/signature.c:288
#, c-format
msgid "Couldn't exec pgp (%s)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:303
+#: lib/signature.c:301
msgid "pgp failed\n"
msgstr ""
#. PGP failed to write signature
#. Just in case
-#: lib/signature.c:310
+#: lib/signature.c:308
msgid "pgp failed to write signature\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:315
+#: lib/signature.c:313
#, c-format
msgid "PGP sig size: %d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:328 lib/signature.c:410
+#: lib/signature.c:326 lib/signature.c:408
msgid "unable to read the signature\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:333
+#: lib/signature.c:331
#, c-format
msgid "Got %d bytes of PGP sig\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:372 lib/signature.c:760
+#: lib/signature.c:370 lib/signature.c:758
msgid "Couldn't exec gpg\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:385
+#: lib/signature.c:383
msgid "gpg failed\n"
msgstr ""
#. GPG failed to write signature
#. Just in case
-#: lib/signature.c:392
+#: lib/signature.c:390
msgid "gpg failed to write signature\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:397
+#: lib/signature.c:395
#, c-format
msgid "GPG sig size: %d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:415
+#: lib/signature.c:413
#, c-format
msgid "Got %d bytes of GPG sig\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:443
+#: lib/signature.c:441
msgid "Generating signature using PGP.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:449
+#: lib/signature.c:447
msgid "Generating signature using GPG.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:532 lib/signature.c:607
+#: lib/signature.c:530 lib/signature.c:605
msgid "Could not run pgp. Use --nopgp to skip PGP checks.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:697
+#: lib/signature.c:695
msgid "Could not run gpg. Use --nogpg to skip GPG checks.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:789
+#: lib/signature.c:787
msgid "Couldn't exec pgp\n"
msgstr ""
#. @notreached@
#. This case should have been screened out long ago.
-#: lib/signature.c:793 lib/signature.c:846
+#: lib/signature.c:791 lib/signature.c:844
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid %%_signature spec in macro file\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:826
+#: lib/signature.c:824
#, c-format
msgid "You must set \"%%_gpg_name\" in your macro file\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/signature.c:838
+#: lib/signature.c:836
#, c-format
msgid "You must set \"%%_pgp_name\" in your macro file\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:446
+#: lib/transaction.c:447
msgid "========== relocations\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:450
+#: lib/transaction.c:451
#, c-format
msgid "%5d exclude %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:453
+#: lib/transaction.c:454
#, c-format
msgid "%5d relocate %s -> %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:523
+#: lib/transaction.c:524
#, c-format
msgid "excluding multilib path %s%s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:586
+#: lib/transaction.c:587
#, c-format
msgid "excluding %s %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:596
+#: lib/transaction.c:597
#, c-format
msgid "relocating %s to %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:674
+#: lib/transaction.c:675
#, c-format
msgid "relocating directory %s to %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:808
+#: lib/transaction.c:809
#, c-format
msgid "%s skipped due to missingok flag\n"
msgstr ""
-#: lib/transaction.c:1406
+#: lib/transaction.c:1407
#, c-format
msgid "excluding directory %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "error(%d) removing record %s from %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:842
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:846
msgid "no dbpath has been set\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:973
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:977
msgid ""
"old format database is present; use --rebuilddb to generate a new format "
"database\n"
msgstr ""
#. error
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1206
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1210
#, c-format
msgid "error(%d) counting packages\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1940 rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3122
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1944 rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3126
#, c-format
msgid "record number %u in database is bad -- skipping.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1991
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1995
#, c-format
msgid "rpmdb: damaged header instance #%u retrieved, skipping.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2256
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2260
#, c-format
msgid "%s: cannot read header at 0x%x\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2325
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2329
#, c-format
msgid "removing \"%s\" from %s index.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2334
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2338
#, c-format
msgid "removing %d entries from %s index.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2529
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "error(%d) allocating new package instance\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2607
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2611
#, c-format
msgid "adding \"%s\" to %s index.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2618
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2622
#, c-format
msgid "adding %d entries to %s index.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3011
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3015
#, c-format
msgid "removing %s after successful db3 rebuild.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3041
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3045
msgid "no dbpath has been set"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3068
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3072
#, c-format
msgid "rebuilding database %s into %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3072
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3076
#, c-format
msgid "temporary database %s already exists\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3078
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3082
#, c-format
msgid "creating directory %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3080
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3084
#, c-format
msgid "creating directory %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3087
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3091
#, c-format
msgid "opening old database with dbapi %d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3098
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3102
#, c-format
msgid "opening new database with dbapi %d\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3162
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3166
#, c-format
msgid "cannot add record originally at %u\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3180
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3184
msgid "failed to rebuild database: original database remains in place\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3188
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3192
msgid "failed to replace old database with new database!\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3190
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3194
#, c-format
msgid "replace files in %s with files from %s to recover"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3200
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3204
#, c-format
msgid "removing directory %s\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3202
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3206
#, c-format
msgid "failed to remove directory %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgid "File %s is smaller than %u bytes\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:599
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:588
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:602
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:591
msgid "Bad server response"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:605
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:594
msgid "Server I/O error"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:608
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:597
msgid "Server timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:611
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:600
msgid "Unable to lookup server host address"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:614
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:603
msgid "Unable to lookup server host name"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:617
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:606
msgid "Failed to connect to server"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:620
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:609
msgid "Failed to establish data connection to server"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:623
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:612
msgid "I/O error to local file"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:626
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:615
msgid "Error setting remote server to passive mode"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:629
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:618
msgid "File not found on server"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:632
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:621
msgid "Abort in progress"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:636
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:625
msgid "Unknown or unexpected error"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:1259
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:1252
#, c-format
msgid "logging into %s as %s, pw %s\n"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @-readonlytrans@
-#. FIX: double indeirection.
+#. FIX: double indirection.
#. @observer@
#: rpmio/rpmlog.c:114 rpmio/rpmlog.c:115 rpmio/rpmlog.c:116
msgid "fatal error: "
msgid "memory alloc (%u bytes) returned NULL.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:103
+#: rpmio/url.c:101
#, c-format
msgid "warning: u %p ctrl %p nrefs != 0 (%s %s)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:123
+#: rpmio/url.c:121
#, c-format
msgid "warning: u %p data %p nrefs != 0 (%s %s)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:151
+#: rpmio/url.c:149
#, c-format
msgid "warning: uCache[%d] %p nrefs(%d) != 1 (%s %s)\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:244
+#: rpmio/url.c:242
#, c-format
msgid "Password for %s@%s: "
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:269 rpmio/url.c:295
+#: rpmio/url.c:267 rpmio/url.c:293
#, c-format
msgid "error: %sport must be a number\n"
msgstr ""
-#: rpmio/url.c:434
+#: rpmio/url.c:432
msgid "url port must be a number\n"
msgstr ""
#. XXX Fstrerror
-#: rpmio/url.c:497
+#: rpmio/url.c:495
#, c-format
msgid "failed to create %s: %s\n"
msgstr ""
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 win32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix win32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf win32 dos
+# CP950 win32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 win32
+# CP1251 glibc win32
+# CP1252 aix win32
+# CP1253 win32
+# CP1254 win32
+# CP1255 win32
+# CP1256 win32
+# CP1257 win32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5HKSCS glibc
+# GBK aix osf win32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc
+# SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd
+# JOHAB glibc win32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SJIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+# define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+ setting of `local'.''
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ {
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr - 1;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = domain->nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ result = ((char *) domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ return "C";
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+ this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
+ warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) \
+ dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#ifndef WIN32
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return codeset;
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+ by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
+
+#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define EQUOP2 257
+#define CMPOP2 258
+#define ADDOP2 259
+#define MULOP2 260
+#define NUMBER 261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define YYFINAL 27
+#define YYFLAG -32768
+#define YYNTBASE 16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
+ 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+ 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
+ 37, 39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
+ 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
+ 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
+ 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
+ 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
+ 15, 0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+ 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
+ 221, 226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+ 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+ 17, 17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+ 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
+ 1, 3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+ 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
+ 5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = { -9,
+ -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
+ -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+ -1
+};
+
+
+#define YYLAST 53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = { 6,
+ 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
+ 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+ 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
+ 13, 14, 27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
+ 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+ when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C. */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+ since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+ instead, just don't use alloca. */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+ So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+/* #include <malloc.h> */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+ and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+ It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+ as one case of the switch. */
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+ This remains here temporarily to ease the
+ transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+ /* lookahead symbol */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+ /* symbol */
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+#endif /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+ from coexisting. */
+#endif
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
+
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+ (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+\f
+/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+ should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+ definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+ of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+ char *to;
+ char *from;
+ unsigned int count;
+{
+ register char *f = from;
+ register char *t = to;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+ in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+ register char *t = to;
+ register char *f = from;
+ register int i = count;
+
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+\f
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+ It should actually point to an object.
+ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ register short *yyssp;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+ int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+ int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
+
+ short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+ int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+ int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+ int yychar;
+ YYSTYPE yylval;
+ int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+ /* semantic values from the action */
+ /* routines */
+
+ int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+yynewstate:
+
+ *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+ the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#else
+ yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+ {
+ yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 2;
+ }
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+ yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+ yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+ yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+ __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+ size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+ goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+ or a valid token in external form. */
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
+ {
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+ of a token, for further debugging info. */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+ fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ yyn += yychar1;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+ Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+ New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+ just return success.
+ 0, or most negative number => error. */
+
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state. */
+yydefault:
+
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+yyreduce:
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+ if (yylen > 0)
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+ fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+ ;
+ break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+ ;
+ break;}
+}
+ /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+\f
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp++;
+ if (yylen == 0)
+ {
+ yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+ yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+ yylsp->text = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+ yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+ Determine what state that goes to,
+ based on the state we popped back to
+ and the rule number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
+
+ if (! yyerrstatus)
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ int size = 0;
+ char *msg;
+ int x, count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+ msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+ if (msg != 0)
+ {
+ strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+ if (count < 5)
+ {
+ count = 0;
+ for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+ x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+ if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+ {
+ strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+ strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+ strcat(msg, "'");
+ count++;
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror(msg);
+ free(msg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+ yyerror("parse error");
+ }
+
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+ after shifting the error token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+ if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+ if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ if (yydebug)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+ /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+ /* YYABORT comes here. */
+ if (yyfree_stacks)
+ {
+ free (yyss);
+ free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+ free (yyls);
+#endif
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
fp.baseName = baseName;
if (!scareMemory && fp.subDir != NULL)
fp.subDir = xstrdup(fp.subDir);
+ /*@-compdef@*/ /* FIX: fp.entry.{dirName,dev,ino,isFake} undef @*/
return fp;
+ /*@=compdef@*/
}
/* stat of '/' just failed! */
/*@notreached@*/
+ /*@-compdef@*/ /* FIX: fp.entry.{dirName,dev,ino,isFake} undef @*/
/*@-nullret@*/ return fp; /*@=nullret@*/ /* LCL: can't happen. */
+ /*@=compdef@*/
}
fingerPrint fpLookup(fingerPrintCache cache, const char * dirName,
*/
static INLINE int dbiAppendSet(dbiIndexSet set, const void * recs,
int nrecs, size_t recsize, int sortset)
- /*@modifies set @*/
+ /*@modifies *set @*/
{
const char * rptr = recs;
size_t rlen = (recsize < sizeof(*(set->recs)))
if (set == NULL || recs == NULL || nrecs <= 0 || recsize == 0)
return 1;
+#ifdef DYING
if (set->count == 0)
set->recs = xmalloc(nrecs * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
else
- set->recs = xrealloc(set->recs,
- (set->count + nrecs) * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
+#endif
+ set->recs = xrealloc(set->recs,
+ (set->count + nrecs) * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
memset(set->recs + set->count, 0, nrecs * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
if (set->count > 1 && sortset)
qsort(set->recs, set->count, sizeof(*(set->recs)), hdrNumCmp);
+ /*@-compmempass@*/ /* FIX: set->recs.{hdrNum,tagNum,fpNum,dbNum} undef */
return 0;
+ /*@=compmempass@*/
}
/**
mire->pattern = _free(mire->pattern);
if (mire->preg != NULL) {
regfree(mire->preg);
- /*@+voidabstract@*/
+ /*@+voidabstract -usereleased @*/ /* FIX: ??? */
mire->preg = _free(mire->preg);
- /*@=voidabstract@*/
+ /*@=voidabstract =usereleased @*/
}
}
mi->mi_re = _free(mi->mi_re);
allpat = _free(allpat);
if (preg) {
regfree(preg);
- /*@+voidabstract@*/
+ /*@+voidabstract -usereleased @*/ /* FIX: ??? */
preg = _free(preg);
/*@=voidabstract@*/
}
* @param db rpm database
*/
int rpmdbFindFpList(/*@null@*/ rpmdb db, fingerPrint * fpList,
- /*@out@*/dbiIndexSet * matchList, int numItems)
+ /*@out@*/ dbiIndexSet * matchList, int numItems)
/*@modifies db, *matchList @*/;
/** \ingroup dbi
$(LINK) -o $@ tkey.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la
tdigest.o: tdigest.c
+ $(CC) $(DEFS) -I/usr/include/beecrypt $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ -c tdigest.c
+
tdigest: librpmio.la tdigest.o
- $(LINK) @LDFLAGS_STATIC@ -o $@ tdigest.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la
+ $(LINK) @LDFLAGS_STATIC@ -o $@ tdigest.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la -lbeecrypt
tficl.o: tficl.c
$(COMPILE) -I/usr/include/ficl -o $@ -c tficl.c
#include "system.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
-#ifdef __LCLINT__
-/*@-incondefs@*/
-typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-/*@=incondefs@*/
-#define INADDR_ANY ((uint32_t) 0x00000000)
-#define IPPROTO_IP 0
-
-#else /* __LCLINT__ */
-
#if HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H
# include <machine/types.h>
#endif
#define _USE_LIBIO 1
#endif
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
-
#if !defined(HAVE_HERRNO) && defined(__hpux) /* XXX HP-UX w/o -D_XOPEN_SOURCE needs */
extern int h_errno;
#endif
* @retval NULL always
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p)
/*@modifies p@*/
{
if (p != NULL) free((void *)p);
}
#endif
+/*@-compdef@*/ /* FIX: address->s_addr undefined. */
static int getHostAddress(const char * host, /*@out@*/ struct in_addr * address)
/*@modifies *address, fileSystem @*/
{
if (xisdigit(host[0])) {
- if (! /*@-unrecog@*/ inet_aton(host, address) /*@=unrecog@*/ )
+ /*@-unrecog@*/
+ if (!inet_aton(host, address))
return FTPERR_BAD_HOST_ADDR;
+ /*@=unrecog@*/
} else {
if (mygethostbyname(host, address)) {
errno = /*@-unrecog@*/ h_errno /*@=unrecog@*/;
return 0;
}
+/*@=compdef@*/
static int tcpConnect(FD_t ctrl, const char * host, int port)
/*@modifies ctrl, fileSystem @*/
extern "C" {
#endif
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
int fdFgets(FD_t fd, char * buf, size_t len)
/*@modifies *buf, fd, fileSystem @*/;
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
/*@null@*/ FD_t ftpOpen(const char *url, /*@unused@*/ int flags,
/*@unused@*/ mode_t mode, /*@out@*/ urlinfo *uret)
/*@modifies *uret, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
int ftpReq(FD_t data, const char * ftpCmd, const char * ftpArg)
/*@modifies data, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
int ftpCmd(const char * cmd, const char * url, const char * arg2)
/*@modifies fileSystem @*/;
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
int ufdClose( /*@only@*/ void * cookie)
/*@modified cookie, fileSystem @*/;
/** \ingroup rpmio
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ FILE * fdGetFILE(FD_t fd)
+/*@exposed@*/ /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ FILE * fdGetFILE(FD_t fd)
/*@*/
{
FDSANE(fd);
- /*@+voidabstract -retexpose@*/
+ /*@+voidabstract@*/
return ((FILE *)fd->fps[fd->nfps].fp);
- /*@=voidabstract =retexpose@*/
+ /*@=voidabstract@*/
}
/** \ingroup rpmio
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ void * fdGetFp(FD_t fd)
+/*@exposed@*/ /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ void * fdGetFp(FD_t fd)
/*@*/
{
FDSANE(fd);
- /*@-retexpose@*/
return fd->fps[fd->nfps].fp;
- /*@=retexpose@*/
}
/** \ingroup rpmio
* @retval NULL always
*/
/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies p@*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies p@*/
{
if (p != NULL) free((void *)p);
return NULL;
return ocb;
}
-/*@-readonlytrans@*/ /* FIX: double indeirection. */
+/*@-readonlytrans@*/ /* FIX: double indirection. */
/*@observer@*/ static char *rpmlogMsgPrefix[] = {
N_("fatal error: "),/*!< RPMLOG_EMERG */
N_("fatal error: "),/*!< RPMLOG_ALERT */
while (1) {
va_list apc;
/*@-sysunrecog -usedef@*/ va_copy(apc, ap); /*@=sysunrecog =usedef@*/
- /*@-unrecog@*/ nb = vsnprintf(msgbuf, msgnb, fmt, apc); /*@=unrecog@*/
+ nb = vsnprintf(msgbuf, msgnb, fmt, apc);
if (nb > -1 && nb < msgnb)
break;
- if (nb > -1) /* glibc 2.1 */
+ if (nb > -1) /* glibc 2.1 (and later) */
msgnb = nb+1;
else /* glibc 2.0 */
msgnb *= 2;
#if !(HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-/*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
+/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
{
register void *value;
if (size == 0) size++;
value = malloc (size);
if (value == 0)
value = vmefail(size);
- /*@-compdef@*/
return value;
- /*@=compdef@*/
}
/*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+#define ENABLE_BEECRYPT 1
+
#include "system.h"
#include "rpmio_internal.h"
#include "popt.h"
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+#define BEEDLLAPI
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+#include "beecrypt.h"
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "fips180.h"
+#include "sha256.h"
+#endif
#include "debug.h"
+
static rpmDigestFlags flags = RPMDIGEST_MD5;
extern int _rpmio_debug;
static int fips = 0;
-const char * adigest = "a9993e364706816aba3e25717850c26c9cd0d89d";
-const char * bdigest = "84983e441c3bd26ebaae4aa1f95129e5e54670f1";
-const char * cdigest = "34aa973cd4c4daa4f61eeb2bdbad27316534016f";
+const char * FIPSAdigest = "a9993e364706816aba3e25717850c26c9cd0d89d";
+const char * FIPSBdigest = "84983e441c3bd26ebaae4aa1f95129e5e54670f1";
+const char * FIPSCdigest = "34aa973cd4c4daa4f61eeb2bdbad27316534016f";
static struct poptOption optionsTable[] = {
{ "md5", '\0', POPT_BIT_SET, &flags, RPMDIGEST_MD5, NULL, NULL },
int rc;
char appendix;
int i;
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ sha1Param sparam;
+ md5Param mparam;
+ uint32 bdigest[5];
+
+ memset(&sparam, 0, sizeof(sparam));
+ memset(&mparam, 0, sizeof(mparam));
+#endif
optCon = poptGetContext(argv[0], argc, argv, optionsTable, 0);
while ((rc = poptGetNextOpt(optCon)) > 0)
if (fips) {
flags &= ~RPMDIGEST_MD5;
flags |= RPMDIGEST_SHA1;
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (void) sha1Reset(&sparam);
+#endif
ctx = rpmDigestInit(flags);
ifn = NULL;
appendix = ' ';
switch (fips) {
case 1:
ifn = "abc";
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, strlen(ifn));
+#endif
rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, strlen(ifn));
- sdigest = adigest;
+ sdigest = FIPSAdigest;
appendix = 'A';
break;
case 2:
ifn = "abcdbcdecdefdefgefghfghighijhijkijkljklmklmnlmnomnopnopq";
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, strlen(ifn));
+#endif
rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, strlen(ifn));
- sdigest = bdigest;
+ sdigest = FIPSBdigest;
appendix = 'B';
break;
case 3:
ifn = "aaaaaaaaaaa ...";
- for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, 1);
+#endif
rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, 1);
- sdigest = cdigest;
+ }
+ sdigest = FIPSCdigest;
appendix = 'C';
break;
}
if (ifn == NULL)
return 1;
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (void) sha1Digest(&sparam, bdigest);
+#endif
rpmDigestFinal(ctx, (void **)&digest, &digestlen, asAscii);
if (digest) {
fflush(stdout);
free((void *)digest);
}
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ fprintf(stdout, "%08x", bdigest[i]);
+ fprintf(stdout, " BeeCrypt\n");
+#endif
if (sdigest) {
fprintf(stdout, "%s FIPS PUB 180-1 Appendix %c\n", sdigest,
appendix);
odigest = NULL;
(flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1) ? fdInitSHA1(ofd, reverse) : fdInitMD5(ofd, reverse);
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+ ? (void) sha1Reset(&sparam)
+ : (void) md5Reset(&mparam);
+#endif
ctx = rpmDigestInit(flags);
while ((nb = Fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ifd)) > 0) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+ ? (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) buf, nb)
+ : (void) md5Update(&mparam, (const unsigned char*) buf, nb);
+#endif
rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, buf, nb);
(void) Fwrite(buf, 1, nb, ofd);
}
: fdFiniMD5(ofd, (void **)&odigest, NULL, asAscii);
Fclose(ofd);
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+ ? (void) sha1Digest(&sparam, bdigest)
+ : (void) md5Digest(&mparam, bdigest);
+#endif
rpmDigestFinal(ctx, (void **)&digest, &digestlen, asAscii);
if (digest) {
fprintf(stdout, "%s %s\n", digest, ifn);
+#ifdef ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+ { int imax = (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1) ? 5 : 4;
+ for (i = 0; i < imax; i++)
+ fprintf(stdout, "%08x", bdigest[i]);
+ }
+ fprintf(stdout, " BeeCrypt\n");
+#endif
fflush(stdout);
free((void *)digest);
}
#include "system.h"
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
#include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
#include <rpmmacro.h>
#include <rpmmessages.h>
ia->relocations = xmalloc(2 * sizeof(*ia->relocations));
ia->relocations[0].oldPath = NULL; /* special case magic */
ia->relocations[0].newPath = ia->prefix;
- ia->relocations[1].oldPath = ia->relocations[1].newPath = NULL;
+ ia->relocations[1].oldPath = NULL;
+ ia->relocations[1].newPath = NULL;
} else if (ia->relocations) {
ia->relocations = xrealloc(ia->relocations,
sizeof(*ia->relocations) * (ia->numRelocations + 1));
extern time_t timezone;
#endif
-#ifdef __LCLINT__
+#if defined(__LCLINT__)
typedef unsigned int u_int32_t;
typedef unsigned short u_int16_t;
typedef unsigned char u_int8_t;
#if !defined(HAVE_STPCPY) || defined(__LCLINT__)
/*@-declundef@*/
-char * stpcpy(char * dest, const char * src) /*@modifies *dest @*/;
+char * stpcpy(/*@out@*/ char * dest, const char * src)
+ /*@modifies *dest @*/;
/*@=declundef@*/
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_STPNCPY) || defined(__LCLINT__)
/*@-declundef@*/
-char * stpncpy(char * dest, const char * src, size_t n) /*@modifies *dest @*/;
+char * stpncpy(/*@out@*/ char * dest, const char * src, size_t n)
+ /*@modifies *dest @*/;
/*@=declundef@*/
#endif
#endif
/*@-declundef@*/
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size) /*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size) /*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xrealloc (/*@only@*//*@null@*/ void * ptr,
- size_t size) /*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str) /*@*/;
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
+ /*@*/;
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+ /*@*/;
+
+/**
+ * @todo Annotate ptr with returned/out.
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xrealloc (/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/ void * ptr,
+ size_t size)
+ /*@modifies *ptr @*/;
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
+ /*@*/;
/*@=declundef@*/
-/*@unused@*/ /*@exits@*/ /*@only@*/ void * vmefail(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@unused@*/ /*@exits@*/ /*@only@*/ void * vmefail(size_t size)
+ /*@*/;
#if HAVE_MCHECK_H
#include <mcheck.h>
-#endif
-
/* Memory allocation via macro defs to get meaningful locations from mtrace() */
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
#define xmalloc(_size) (malloc(_size) ? : vmefail(_size))
#define xcalloc(_nmemb, _size) (calloc((_nmemb), (_size)) ? : vmefail(_size))
#define xrealloc(_ptr, _size) (realloc((_ptr), (_size)) ? : vmefail(_size))
#define xstrdup(_str) (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail(strlen(_str)+1)), (_str)))
-#endif /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
+#endif /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#endif /* HAVE_MCHECK_H */
/* Retrofit glibc __progname */
#if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
const char *__progname;
#if HAVE_NETDB_H
-#ifndef __LCLINT__
#include <netdb.h>
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
#endif
#if HAVE_PWD_H
#if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
#include <sys/types.h>
-#ifndef __LCLINT__
#include <sys/socket.h>
-#endif /* __LCLINT__ */
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
projects / platform / upstream / rpm.git / commitdiff